Sema.h revision 942dfe2e4d75f9d7c6f2e73eadac6fa659a5f853
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
50#include <deque>
51#include <string>
52#include <vector>
53
54namespace llvm {
55  class APSInt;
56  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
57  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
58  class SmallBitVector;
59}
60
61namespace clang {
62  class ADLResult;
63  class ASTConsumer;
64  class ASTContext;
65  class ASTMutationListener;
66  class ASTReader;
67  class ASTWriter;
68  class ArrayType;
69  class AttributeList;
70  class BlockDecl;
71  class CapturedDecl;
72  class CXXBasePath;
73  class CXXBasePaths;
74  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
75  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
76  class CXXConstructorDecl;
77  class CXXConversionDecl;
78  class CXXDestructorDecl;
79  class CXXFieldCollector;
80  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
81  class CXXMethodDecl;
82  class CXXScopeSpec;
83  class CXXTemporary;
84  class CXXTryStmt;
85  class CallExpr;
86  class ClassTemplateDecl;
87  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
88  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
89  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
90  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
91  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
92  class CodeCompletionResult;
93  class Decl;
94  class DeclAccessPair;
95  class DeclContext;
96  class DeclRefExpr;
97  class DeclaratorDecl;
98  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
99  class DependentDiagnostic;
100  class DesignatedInitExpr;
101  class Designation;
102  class EnumConstantDecl;
103  class Expr;
104  class ExtVectorType;
105  class ExternalSemaSource;
106  class FormatAttr;
107  class FriendDecl;
108  class FunctionDecl;
109  class FunctionProtoType;
110  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
111  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
112  class InitListExpr;
113  class InitializationKind;
114  class InitializationSequence;
115  class InitializedEntity;
116  class IntegerLiteral;
117  class LabelStmt;
118  class LambdaExpr;
119  class LangOptions;
120  class LocalInstantiationScope;
121  class LookupResult;
122  class MacroInfo;
123  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
124  class NamedDecl;
125  class NonNullAttr;
126  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
127  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
128  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
129  class ObjCContainerDecl;
130  class ObjCImplDecl;
131  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
132  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
133  class ObjCIvarDecl;
134  template <class T> class ObjCList;
135  class ObjCMessageExpr;
136  class ObjCMethodDecl;
137  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
138  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
139  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
140  class OverloadCandidateSet;
141  class OverloadExpr;
142  class ParenListExpr;
143  class ParmVarDecl;
144  class Preprocessor;
145  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
146  class PseudoObjectExpr;
147  class QualType;
148  class StandardConversionSequence;
149  class Stmt;
150  class StringLiteral;
151  class SwitchStmt;
152  class TargetAttributesSema;
153  class TemplateArgument;
154  class TemplateArgumentList;
155  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
156  class TemplateDecl;
157  class TemplateParameterList;
158  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
159  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
160  class Token;
161  class TypeAliasDecl;
162  class TypedefDecl;
163  class TypedefNameDecl;
164  class TypeLoc;
165  class UnqualifiedId;
166  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
167  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
168  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
169  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
170  class UsingDecl;
171  class UsingShadowDecl;
172  class ValueDecl;
173  class VarDecl;
174  class VisibilityAttr;
175  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
176  class IndirectFieldDecl;
177
178namespace sema {
179  class AccessedEntity;
180  class BlockScopeInfo;
181  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
182  class CapturingScopeInfo;
183  class CompoundScopeInfo;
184  class DelayedDiagnostic;
185  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
186  class FunctionScopeInfo;
187  class LambdaScopeInfo;
188  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
189  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
190}
191
192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
195                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
196
197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
198class Sema {
199  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
200  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
201  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
202
203  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
204  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
205
206  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
207  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
208
209  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
210
211  static bool
212  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
213    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
214    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
215    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
216    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
217    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
218    // with internal linkage.
219    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
220  }
221
222public:
223  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
224  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
225  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
226
227  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
228  FPOptions FPFeatures;
229
230  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
231  Preprocessor &PP;
232  ASTContext &Context;
233  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
234  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
235  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
236
237  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
238  bool CollectStats;
239
240  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
241  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
242
243  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
244  DeclContext *CurContext;
245
246  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
247  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
248  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
249
250  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
251  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
252  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
253
254  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
255  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
256  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
257
258  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
259
260  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
261  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
262
263  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
264  ///
265  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
266  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
267  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
268
269  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
270  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
271  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
272
273  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
274  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
275  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
276  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
277
278  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
279
280  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
281  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
282  ///
283  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
284  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
285  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
286  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
287
288  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
289                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
290    ExtVectorDeclsType;
291
292  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
293  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
294  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
295  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
296
297  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
298  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
299
300  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
301
302  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
303  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
304
305  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
306
307  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
308  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
309  /// same list more than once.
310  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
311
312  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
313  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
314  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
315
316  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
317  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
318  ///
319  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
320  /// scopes, e.g.,
321  ///
322  /// \code
323  /// extern "C" void f() {
324  ///   void foo(int, int);
325  /// }
326  /// \endcode
327  ///
328  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
329  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
330  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
331  ///
332  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
333  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
334  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
335  ///     for compatibility.
336  ///
337  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
338  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
339  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
340  ///     not visible.
341  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
342
343  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
344  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
345  findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
346
347  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
348                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
349    TentativeDefinitionsType;
350
351  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
352  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
353
354  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
355                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
356    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
357
358  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
359  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
360  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
361
362  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
363                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
364    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
365
366  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
367  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
368  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
369
370  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
371  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
372  /// exception spec.
373  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
374
375  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
376  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
377  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
378  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
379                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
380      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
381
382  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
383  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
384  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
385  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
386  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
387  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
388  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
389  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
390    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
391
392  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
393  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
394  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
395  void *OpaqueParser;
396
397  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
398    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
399    OpaqueParser = P;
400  }
401
402  class DelayedDiagnostics;
403
404  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
405    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
406    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
407  };
408  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
409  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
410
411  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
412  /// during parsing and other processing.
413  class DelayedDiagnostics {
414    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
415    /// diagnostics should go.
416    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
417
418  public:
419    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
420
421    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
422    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
423
424    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
425    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
426
427    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
428    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
429      return CurPool;
430    }
431
432    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
433    /// collected in this pool.
434    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
435      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
436      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
437      CurPool = &pool;
438      return state;
439    }
440
441    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
442    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
443    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
444    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
445      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
446    }
447
448    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
449    /// not delayed.
450    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
451      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
452      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
453      CurPool = 0;
454      return state;
455    }
456
457    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
458    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
459      assert(CurPool == NULL);
460      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
461    }
462  } DelayedDiagnostics;
463
464  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
465  class ContextRAII {
466  private:
467    Sema &S;
468    DeclContext *SavedContext;
469    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
470    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
471
472  public:
473    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
474      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
475        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
476        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
477    {
478      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
479      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
480    }
481
482    void pop() {
483      if (!SavedContext) return;
484      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
485      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
486      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
487      SavedContext = 0;
488    }
489
490    ~ContextRAII() {
491      pop();
492    }
493  };
494
495  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
496  /// a function body.
497  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
498    Sema &S;
499    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
500
501  public:
502    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
503      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
504    {
505      S.PushFunctionScope();
506      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
507    }
508
509    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
510      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
511      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
512    }
513  };
514
515  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
516  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
517  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
518  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
519
520  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
521  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
522  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
523  /// in the currently selected standard.
524  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
525
526
527  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
528  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
529
530  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
531  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
532  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
533  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
534  /// It would be best to refactor this.
535  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
536
537  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
538
539  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
540  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
541  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
542  Scope *TUScope;
543
544  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
545  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
546
547  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
548  /// standard library.
549  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
550
551  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
552  /// \<initializer_list>.
553  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
554
555  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
556  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
557
558  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
559  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
560
561  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
562  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
563
564  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
565  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
566
567  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
568  QualType NSNumberPointer;
569
570  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
571  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
572
573  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
574  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
575
576  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
577  QualType NSStringPointer;
578
579  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
580  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
581
582  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
583  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
584
585  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
586  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
587
588  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
589  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
590
591  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
592  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
593
594  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
595  QualType QIDNSCopying;
596
597  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
598  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
599
600  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
601  /// have been declared.
602  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
603
604  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
605  /// references to fields.  This is really a
606  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
607
608  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
609  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
610  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
611    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
612    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
613    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
614    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
615    /// run time.
616    Unevaluated,
617
618    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
619    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
620    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
621    UnevaluatedAbstract,
622
623    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
624    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
625    /// cases in a switch statment).
626    ConstantEvaluated,
627
628    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
629    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
630    /// expression at run time.
631    PotentiallyEvaluated,
632
633    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
634    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
635    /// in fact the current expression is used.
636    ///
637    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
638    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
639    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
640    /// until the default argument is used.
641    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
642  };
643
644  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
645  /// expression evaluation contexts.
646  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
647    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
648    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
649
650    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
651    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
652
653    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
654    bool IsDecltype;
655
656    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
657    /// this expression evaluation context.
658    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
659
660    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
661
662    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
663    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
664    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
665
666    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
667    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
668    /// default function argument.
669    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
670
671    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
672    /// within this context.
673    ///
674    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
675    /// do not have lambda expressions.
676    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
677
678    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
679    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
680    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
681
682    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
683    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
684    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
685
686    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
687                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
688                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
689                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
690                                      bool IsDecltype)
691      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
692        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
693        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
694
695    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
696    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
697      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
698      if (!LambdaMangle)
699        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
700      return *LambdaMangle;
701    }
702
703    bool isUnevaluated() const {
704      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
705    }
706  };
707
708  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
709  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
710
711  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
712  /// function.
713  ///
714  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
715  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
716  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
717  public:
718    enum Kind {
719      NoMemberOrDeleted,
720      Ambiguous,
721      Success
722    };
723
724  private:
725    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
726
727  public:
728    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
729      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
730    {}
731
732    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
733    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
734
735    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
736    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
737  };
738
739  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
740  /// for C++ records.
741  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
742
743  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
744  ///
745  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
746  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
747  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
748  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
749  /// checks.
750  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
751
752  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
753
754  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
755  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
756
757  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
758    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
759
760  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
761  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
762  ///
763  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
764  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
765  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
766  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
767  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
768
769  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
770  // argument locations.
771  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
772
773  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
774  /// definition in this translation unit.
775  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
776
777  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
778  void getUndefinedButUsed(
779    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
780
781  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
782  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
783
784  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
785  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
786  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
787  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
788  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
789  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
790  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
791
792  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
793  /// of -Wselector.
794  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
795
796  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
797  enum CXXSpecialMember {
798    CXXDefaultConstructor,
799    CXXCopyConstructor,
800    CXXMoveConstructor,
801    CXXCopyAssignment,
802    CXXMoveAssignment,
803    CXXDestructor,
804    CXXInvalid
805  };
806
807  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
808
809  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
810  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
811  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
812  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
813
814  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
815
816  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
817  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
818
819  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
820  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
821  /// should not be used elsewhere.
822  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
823
824  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
825  /// statements.
826  class FPContractStateRAII {
827  public:
828    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
829      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
830    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
831      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
832    }
833  private:
834    Sema& S;
835    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
836  };
837
838  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
839    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
840
841public:
842  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
843       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
844       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
845  ~Sema();
846
847  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
848  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
849  void Initialize();
850
851  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
852  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
853  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
854
855  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
856  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
857  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
858  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
859  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
860  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
861  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
862  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
863
864  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
865  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
866  ///
867  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
868  ///
869  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
870
871  void PrintStats() const;
872
873  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
874  /// template instantiation stacks.
875  ///
876  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
877  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
878  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
879  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
880  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
881  /// well.
882  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
883    Sema &SemaRef;
884    unsigned DiagID;
885
886  public:
887    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
888      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
889
890    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
891      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
892      if (!isActive()) return;
893
894      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
895      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
896      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
897      //
898      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
899      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
900      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
901      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
902      // eliminate that code.
903      FlushCounts();
904      Clear();
905
906      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
907      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
908    }
909
910    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
911    template<typename T>
912    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
913        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
914      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
915      BaseDiag << Value;
916      return Diag;
917    }
918  };
919
920  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
921  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
922    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
923    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
924  }
925
926  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
927  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
928
929  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
930  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
931
932  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
933
934  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
935  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
936  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
937
938  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
939  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
940  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
941
942  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
943
944  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
945
946  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
947
948  void PushFunctionScope();
949  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
950  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
951  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
952                               RecordDecl *RD,
953                               CapturedRegionKind K);
954  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
955                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
956
957  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
958    return FunctionScopes.back();
959  }
960
961  template <typename ExprT>
962  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
963    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
964      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
965  }
966
967  void PushCompoundScope();
968  void PopCompoundScope();
969
970  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
971
972  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
973
974  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
975  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
976
977  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
978  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
979
980  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
981  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
982
983  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
984  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
985
986  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
987
988  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
989  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
990  //
991
992  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
993                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
994  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
995                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
996  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
997                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
998  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
999                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1000  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1001                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1002                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1003  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1004                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1005
1006  /// \brief Build a function type.
1007  ///
1008  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1009  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1010  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1011  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1012  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1013  ///
1014  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1015  ///
1016  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1017  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1018  /// function parameters.
1019  ///
1020  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1021  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1022  /// type that will have function type.
1023  ///
1024  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1025  /// type, if known.
1026  ///
1027  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1028  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1029  ///
1030  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1031  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1032  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1033  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1034                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1035                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1036                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1037
1038  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1039                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1040                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1041  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1042                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1043  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1044  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1045
1046  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1047  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1048  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1049                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1050
1051  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1052  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1053  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1054  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1055  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1056  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1057  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1058                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1059  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1060  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1061  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1062  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1063      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1064      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1065  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1066      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1067      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1068      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1069      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1070      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1071      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1072      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1073  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1074      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1075      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1076      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1077  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1078      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1079      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1080
1081  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1082
1083  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1084  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1085  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1086
1087  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1088  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1089    bool Suppressed;
1090
1091    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1092
1093    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1094    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1095  };
1096
1097  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1098  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1099  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1100  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1101  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1102  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1103  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1104    return II;
1105  }
1106  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1107  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1108  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1109  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1110  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1111  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1112
1113  template<typename T1>
1114  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1115    unsigned DiagID;
1116    const T1 &Arg1;
1117
1118  public:
1119    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1120      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1121    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1122      if (Suppressed) return;
1123      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1124    }
1125
1126    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1127  };
1128
1129  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1130  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1131    unsigned DiagID;
1132    const T1 &Arg1;
1133    const T2 &Arg2;
1134
1135  public:
1136    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1137                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1138      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1139        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1140
1141    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1142      if (Suppressed) return;
1143      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1144    }
1145
1146    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1147  };
1148
1149  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1150  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1151    unsigned DiagID;
1152    const T1 &Arg1;
1153    const T2 &Arg2;
1154    const T3 &Arg3;
1155
1156  public:
1157    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1158                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1159    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1160      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1161
1162    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1163      if (Suppressed) return;
1164      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1165        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1166    }
1167
1168    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1169  };
1170
1171  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1172                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1173  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1174                           unsigned DiagID);
1175
1176  template<typename T1>
1177  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1178                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1179    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1180    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1181  }
1182
1183  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1184  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1185                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1186    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1187    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1188  }
1189
1190  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1191  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1192                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1193                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1194    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1195                                                        Arg3);
1196    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1197  }
1198
1199  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1200  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1201
1202  template<typename T1>
1203  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1204    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1205    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1206  }
1207
1208  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1209  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1210                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1211    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1212    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1213  }
1214
1215  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1216  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1217                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1218    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1219                                                        Arg3);
1220    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1221  }
1222
1223  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1224                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1225  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1226
1227  template<typename T1>
1228  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1229                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1230    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1231    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1232  }
1233
1234  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1235  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1236                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1237    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1238    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1239  }
1240
1241  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1242  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1243                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1244                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1245    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1246                                                        Arg3);
1247    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1248  }
1249
1250  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1251                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1252
1253  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1254  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1255  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1256                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1257                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1258
1259  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1260  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1261  //
1262
1263  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1264  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1265  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1266  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1267  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1268  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1269  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1270  /// such as:
1271  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1272  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1273
1274  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1275
1276  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1277
1278  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1279
1280  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1281                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1282                         bool isClassName = false,
1283                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1284                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1285                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1286                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1287                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1288  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1289  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1290  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1291                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1292                               Scope *S,
1293                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1294                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1295
1296  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1297  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1298  enum NameClassificationKind {
1299    NC_Unknown,
1300    NC_Error,
1301    NC_Keyword,
1302    NC_Type,
1303    NC_Expression,
1304    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1305    NC_TypeTemplate,
1306    NC_FunctionTemplate
1307  };
1308
1309  class NameClassification {
1310    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1311    ExprResult Expr;
1312    TemplateName Template;
1313    ParsedType Type;
1314    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1315
1316    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1317
1318  public:
1319    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1320
1321    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1322
1323    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1324      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1325
1326    static NameClassification Error() {
1327      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1328    }
1329
1330    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1331      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1332    }
1333
1334    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1335      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1336    }
1337
1338    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1339      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1340      Result.Template = Name;
1341      return Result;
1342    }
1343
1344    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1345      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1346      Result.Template = Name;
1347      return Result;
1348    }
1349
1350    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1351
1352    ParsedType getType() const {
1353      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1354      return Type;
1355    }
1356
1357    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1358      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1359      return Expr;
1360    }
1361
1362    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1363      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1364      return Template;
1365    }
1366
1367    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1368      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1369      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1370    }
1371  };
1372
1373  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1374  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1375  ///
1376  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1377  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1378  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1379  ///
1380  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1381  ///
1382  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1383  ///
1384  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1385  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1386  ///
1387  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1388  ///
1389  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1390  /// disambiguate the name.
1391  ///
1392  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1393  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1394  ///        expression.
1395  ///
1396  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1397  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1398                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1399                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1400                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1401                                  const Token &NextToken,
1402                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1403                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1404
1405  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1406
1407  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1408                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1409  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1410                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1411                                        Scope *S);
1412  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1413  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1414                                    DeclarationName Name,
1415                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1416  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1417  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1418  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1419  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1420  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1421  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1422                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1423                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1424  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1425                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1426  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1427                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1428                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1429                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1430  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1431  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1432  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1433  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1434  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1435  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1436  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1437  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1438                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1439                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1440                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1441                                     bool &AddToScope);
1442  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1443  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1444
1445  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1446  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1447
1448  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1449  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1450  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1451                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1452                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1453  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1454  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1455  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1456                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1457                                          QualType T);
1458  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1459                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1460                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1461                              StorageClass SC);
1462  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1463                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1464                                 Expr *defarg);
1465  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1466                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1467                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1468  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1469  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1470                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1471
1472  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1473                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1474  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1475  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1476  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1477  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1478  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1479  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1480  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1481                                         Decl **Group,
1482                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1483  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1484                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1485
1486  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1487  /// documentation comments.
1488  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1489  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1490
1491  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1492                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1493  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1494  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1495  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1496  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1497  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1498    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1499  }
1500
1501  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1502  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1503  /// code for that function.
1504  ///
1505  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1506  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1507  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1508  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1509
1510  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1511  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1512  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1513  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1514
1515  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1516  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1517  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1518
1519  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1520  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1521  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1522                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1523
1524  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1525  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1526  /// specified threshold.
1527  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1528                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1529                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1530                                              NamedDecl *D);
1531
1532  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1533  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1534                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1535                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1536
1537  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1538  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1539                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1540                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1541
1542  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1543  ///
1544  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1545  ///
1546  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1547  ///
1548  /// \param Path The module access path.
1549  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1550                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1551
1552  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1553  /// source location.
1554  ///
1555  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1556  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1557  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1558  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1559
1560  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1561  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1562    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1563  }
1564
1565  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1566  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1567                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1568
1569  /// Scope actions.
1570  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1571  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1572
1573  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1574                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1575  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1576                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1577                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1578                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1579
1580  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1581                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1582                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1583
1584  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1585                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1586
1587  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1588                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1589                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1590                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1591
1592  enum TagUseKind {
1593    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1594    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1595    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1596    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1597  };
1598
1599  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1600                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1601                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1602                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1603                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1604                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1605                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1606                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1607                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1608
1609  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1610                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1611                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1612                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1613                                AttributeList *Attr,
1614                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1615
1616  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1617                               unsigned TagSpec,
1618                               TagUseKind TUK,
1619                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1620                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1621                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1622                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1623
1624  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1625                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1626                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1627  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1628                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1629
1630  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1631                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1632                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1633                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1634  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1635                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1636                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1637                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1638                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1639                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1640
1641  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1642                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1643                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1644                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1645                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1646                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1647                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1648                            Declarator *D = 0);
1649
1650  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1651  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1652  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1653                              bool Diagnose = false);
1654  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1655  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1656                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1657  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1658                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1659                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1660
1661  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1662  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1663                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1664                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1665                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1666
1667  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1668  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1669  /// struct, or union).
1670  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1671
1672  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1673
1674  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1675  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1676  /// member declarations.
1677  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1678                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1679                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1680
1681  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1682  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1683  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1684                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1685
1686  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1687
1688  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1689  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1690  ///
1691  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1692  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1693  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1694
1695  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1696  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1697  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1698
1699  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1700                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1701                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1702                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1703                                      Expr *val);
1704  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1705  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1706                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1707
1708  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1709                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1710                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1711                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1712  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1713                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1714                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1715                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1716
1717  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1718
1719  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1720  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1721  void PopDeclContext();
1722
1723  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1724  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1725  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1726  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1727
1728  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1729  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1730  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1731
1732  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1733
1734  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1735  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1736  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1737  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1738
1739  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1740  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1741  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1742  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1743
1744  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1745  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1746  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1747  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1748
1749  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1750  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1751
1752  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1753  /// top level scope.
1754  ///
1755  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1756  ///
1757  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1758  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1759
1760  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1761  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1762  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1763  ///
1764  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1765  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1766  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1767  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1768                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1769
1770  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1771  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1772  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1773
1774  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1775  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1776                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1777  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1778
1779  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1780  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1781                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1782                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1783                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1784                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1785                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1786                                          StringRef Message,
1787                                          bool Override,
1788                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1789  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1790                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1791                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1792  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1793                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1794                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1795  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1796                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1797  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1798                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1799  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1800                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
1801                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1802  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1803                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1804
1805  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1806  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1807  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1808    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1809    AMK_None,
1810    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1811    /// an exact match.
1812    AMK_Redeclaration,
1813    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1814    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1815    AMK_Override
1816  };
1817
1818  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1819                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1820  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1821  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1822  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1823                                    Scope *S);
1824  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1825  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
1826                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
1827  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
1828  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1829  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1830
1831  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1832  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1833  enum AssignmentAction {
1834    AA_Assigning,
1835    AA_Passing,
1836    AA_Returning,
1837    AA_Converting,
1838    AA_Initializing,
1839    AA_Sending,
1840    AA_Casting
1841  };
1842
1843  /// C++ Overloading.
1844  enum OverloadKind {
1845    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1846    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1847    Ovl_Overload,
1848
1849    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1850    /// an existing declaration.
1851    Ovl_Match,
1852
1853    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1854    /// non-function.
1855    Ovl_NonFunction
1856  };
1857  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1858                             FunctionDecl *New,
1859                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1860                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1861                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1862  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1863
1864  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1865  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1866  ///
1867  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1868  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1869  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1870
1871  ImplicitConversionSequence
1872  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1873                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1874                        bool AllowExplicit,
1875                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1876                        bool CStyle,
1877                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1878
1879  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1880  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1881  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1882  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1883                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1884                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1885  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1886                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1887  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1888                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1889  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1890                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1891  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1892                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1893                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1894  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1895                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1896
1897  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1898  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1899                              CastKind &Kind,
1900                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1901                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1902  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1903                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1904                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1905  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1906                                    CastKind &Kind,
1907                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1908                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1909  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1910                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1911  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1912                            QualType &ResultTy);
1913  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1914  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1915
1916  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1917                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1918                                             QualType ResultType,
1919                                             Expr *Value,
1920                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1921
1922  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1923                                    ExprResult Init);
1924  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1925                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1926                                       ExprResult Init,
1927                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1928                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1929  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1930                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1931                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1932                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1933
1934  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1935  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1936
1937  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1938  enum CCEKind {
1939    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1940    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1941    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1942  };
1943  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1944                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1945
1946  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
1947  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
1948  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
1949  public:
1950    bool Suppress;
1951    bool SuppressConversion;
1952
1953    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
1954                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
1955        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
1956
1957    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
1958    /// for this conversion.
1959    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
1960
1961    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1962    /// integral or enumeration type.
1963    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1964    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1965
1966    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1967    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1968    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1969
1970    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1971    /// is explicit.
1972    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1973        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1974
1975    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1976    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1977    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1978
1979    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1980    /// functions.
1981    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1982    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1983
1984    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1985    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1986    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1987
1988    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1989    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1990    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
1991        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1992
1993    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
1994  };
1995
1996  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
1997    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
1998
1999  public:
2000    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2001                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2002        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2003          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2004
2005    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2006    bool match(QualType T);
2007
2008    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2009    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2010      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2011    }
2012
2013    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2014    /// integral or enumeration type.
2015    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2016    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2017  };
2018
2019  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2020  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2021      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2022
2023
2024  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2025    OS_Array,
2026    OS_Dictionary,
2027    OS_Error
2028  };
2029  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2030
2031  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2032  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2033  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2034    LK_Array,
2035    LK_Dictionary,
2036    LK_Numeric,
2037    LK_Boxed,
2038    LK_String,
2039    LK_Block,
2040    LK_None
2041  };
2042  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2043
2044  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2045                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2046                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2047                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2048
2049  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2050  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2051  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2052  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2053
2054  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2055                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2056                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2057                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2058                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2059                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2060                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2061  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2062                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2063                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2064                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2065                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2066  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2067                          QualType ObjectType,
2068                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2069                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2070                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2071                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2072  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2073                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2074                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2075                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2076                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2077                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2078                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2079  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2080                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2081                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2082                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2083                                  QualType ObjectType,
2084                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2085                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2086                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2087                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2088  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2089                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2090                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2091                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2092                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2093                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2094  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2095                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2096                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2097                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2098                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2099  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2100                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2101                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2102                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2103                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2104  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2105                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2106                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2107                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2108                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2109                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2110  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2111                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2112                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2113                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2114  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2115                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2116                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2117                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2118                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2119  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2120                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2121                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2122  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2123                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2124                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2125                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2126                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2127                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2128
2129  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2130  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2131
2132  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2133  // identified by the expression Expr
2134  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2135
2136  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2137  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2138  // R (A) --> R(A)
2139  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2140  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2141  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2142  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2143
2144  FunctionDecl *
2145  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2146                                     QualType TargetType,
2147                                     bool Complain,
2148                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2149                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2150
2151  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2152                                                   bool Complain = false,
2153                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2154
2155  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2156                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2157                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2158                      bool Complain = false,
2159                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2160                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2161                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2162
2163
2164  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2165                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2166                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2167  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2168                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2169                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2170
2171  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2172                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2173                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2174                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2175
2176  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2177  // range-based for loop.
2178  enum ForRangeStatus {
2179    FRS_Success,
2180    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2181    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2182  };
2183
2184  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2185  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2186  enum BeginEndFunction {
2187    BEF_begin,
2188    BEF_end
2189  };
2190
2191  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2192                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2193                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2194                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2195                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2196                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2197                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2198                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2199
2200  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2201                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2202                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2203                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2204                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2205                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2206                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2207
2208  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2209                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2210                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2211                              ExprResult *Result);
2212
2213  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2214                                     unsigned Opc,
2215                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2216                                     Expr *input);
2217
2218  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2219                                   unsigned Opc,
2220                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2221                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2222
2223  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2224                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2225                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2226
2227  ExprResult
2228  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2229                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2230                            MultiExprArg Args,
2231                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2232  ExprResult
2233  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2234                               MultiExprArg Args,
2235                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2236
2237  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2238                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2239
2240  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2241  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2242  /// that best represents the call.
2243  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2244                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2245
2246  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2247  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2248                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2249  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2250  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2251  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2252
2253  /// \name Name lookup
2254  ///
2255  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2256  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2257  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2258  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2259  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2260  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2261  ///
2262  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2263  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2264  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2265  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2266  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2267  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2268  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2269  ///
2270  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2271  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2272  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2273  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2274  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2275  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2276  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2277  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2278  //@{
2279
2280  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2281  enum LookupNameKind {
2282    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2283    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2284    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2285    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2286    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2287    /// structs, and unions.
2288    LookupTagName,
2289    /// Label name lookup.
2290    LookupLabel,
2291    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2292    /// class/struct/union members.
2293    LookupMemberName,
2294    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2295    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2296    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2297    LookupOperatorName,
2298    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2299    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2300    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2301    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2302    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2303    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2304    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2305    LookupNamespaceName,
2306    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2307    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2308    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2309    LookupUsingDeclName,
2310    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2311    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2312    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2313    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2314    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2315    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2316    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2317    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2318    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2319    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2320    LookupAnyName
2321  };
2322
2323  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2324  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2325  enum RedeclarationKind {
2326    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2327    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2328    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2329    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2330    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2331    ForRedeclaration
2332  };
2333
2334  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2335  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2336    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2337    LOLR_Error,
2338    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2339    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2340    LOLR_Cooked,
2341    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2342    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2343    LOLR_Raw,
2344    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2345    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2346    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2347    LOLR_Template
2348  };
2349
2350  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2351                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2352                                                   bool ConstArg,
2353                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2354                                                   bool RValueThis,
2355                                                   bool ConstThis,
2356                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2357
2358private:
2359  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2360
2361  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2362  //
2363  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2364  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2365  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2366
2367  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2368  /// source.
2369  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2370
2371public:
2372  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2373  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2374  ///
2375  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2376  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2377  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2378                              SourceLocation Loc,
2379                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2380                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2381                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2382  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2383                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2384  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2385                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2386  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2387                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2388                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2389  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2390                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2391                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2392
2393  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2394                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2395                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2396
2397  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2398                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2399
2400  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2401  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2402  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2403                                               unsigned Quals);
2404  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2405                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2406  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2407                                              unsigned Quals);
2408  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2409                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2410  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2411
2412  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2413                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2414                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2415  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2416
2417  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2418                               SourceLocation Loc,
2419                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2420                               ADLResult &Functions);
2421
2422  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2423                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2424                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2425  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2426                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2427                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2428
2429  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2430                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2431                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2432                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2433                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2434                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2435                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2436
2437  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2438                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2439                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2440                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2441
2442  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2443                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2444                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2445
2446  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2447  //@}
2448
2449  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2450                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2451                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2452  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2453                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2454                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2455  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2456                                      Scope *S);
2457  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2458
2459  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2460
2461  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2462  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2463  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2464                             bool NonInheritable = true,
2465                             bool Inheritable = true);
2466  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2467                                bool NonInheritable = true,
2468                                bool Inheritable = true,
2469                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2470  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2471                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2472
2473  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2474
2475  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2476  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2477                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2478  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2479  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2480
2481  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2482  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2483                                   SourceRange Range);
2484
2485  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2486                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2487  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2488                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2489                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2490
2491  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2492                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2493                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2494
2495  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2496  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2497  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2498                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2499                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2500
2501  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2502                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2503
2504  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2505  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2506
2507  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2508  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2509  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2510                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2511                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2512                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2513                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2514                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2515
2516  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2517  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2518  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2519                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2520                                SourceLocation Loc);
2521
2522  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2523  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2524  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2525                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2526                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2527
2528  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2529  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2530  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2531                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2532
2533  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2534  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2535  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2536                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2537  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2538
2539  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2540  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2541  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2542            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2543            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2544
2545  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2546  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2547  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2548  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2549                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2550
2551  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2552  /// class extensions.
2553  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2554                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2555                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2556                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2557                      Selector GetterSel,
2558                      Selector SetterSel,
2559                      const bool isAssign,
2560                      const bool isReadWrite,
2561                      const unsigned Attributes,
2562                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2563                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2564                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2565                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2566
2567  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2568  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2569  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2570                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2571                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2572                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2573                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2574                                       Selector GetterSel,
2575                                       Selector SetterSel,
2576                                       const bool isAssign,
2577                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2578                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2579                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2580                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2581                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2582                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2583
2584  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2585  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2586  /// setter or getter.
2587  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2588                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2589
2590  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2591
2592  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2593
2594  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2595    MMS_loose,
2596    MMS_strict
2597  };
2598
2599  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2600  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2601  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2602                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2603                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2604
2605  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2606  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2607  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2608                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2609                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2610                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2611                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2612                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2613                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2614                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2615                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2616
2617  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2618  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2619  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2620  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2621
2622  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2623  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2624
2625private:
2626  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2627  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2628  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2629
2630  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2631  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2632  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2633                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2634                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2635
2636public:
2637  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2638  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2639  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2640  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2641  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2642    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2643  }
2644
2645  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2646  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2647    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2648  }
2649
2650  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2651  /// pool.
2652  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2653
2654  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2655  /// there are multiple signatures.
2656  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2657                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2658                                                   bool warn=true) {
2659    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2660                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2661  }
2662
2663  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2664  /// there are multiple signatures.
2665  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2666                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2667                                                  bool warn=true) {
2668    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2669                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2670  }
2671
2672  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2673  /// implementation.
2674  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2675
2676  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2677  /// initialization.
2678  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2679                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2680
2681  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2682  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2683public:
2684  class FullExprArg {
2685  public:
2686    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2687
2688    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2689    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2690    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2691    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2692
2693    ExprResult release() {
2694      return E;
2695    }
2696
2697    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2698
2699    Expr *operator->() {
2700      return E;
2701    }
2702
2703  private:
2704    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2705    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2706    friend class Sema;
2707
2708    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2709
2710    Expr *E;
2711  };
2712
2713  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2714    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2715  }
2716  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2717    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2718  }
2719  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2720    ExprResult FE =
2721      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2722                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2723    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2724  }
2725
2726  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2727  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2728
2729  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2730                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2731
2732  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2733  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2734  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2735                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2736                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2737
2738  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2739  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2740  public:
2741    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2742      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2743    }
2744
2745    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2746      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2747    }
2748
2749  private:
2750    Sema &S;
2751  };
2752
2753  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2754                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2755                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2756  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2757  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2758  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2759                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2760                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2761  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2762
2763  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2764                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2765                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2766  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2767                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2768
2769  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2770                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2771                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2772
2773  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2774                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2775                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2776                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2777  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2778                                            Expr *Cond,
2779                                            Decl *CondVar);
2780  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2781                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2782  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2783                            FullExprArg Cond,
2784                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2785  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2786                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2787                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2788                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2789
2790  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2791                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2792                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2793                          Decl *SecondVar,
2794                          FullExprArg Third,
2795                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2796                          Stmt *Body);
2797  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2798                                           Expr *collection);
2799  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2800                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2801                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2802  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2803
2804  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2805    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2806    BFRK_Build,
2807    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2808    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2809    BFRK_Rebuild,
2810    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2811    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2812    BFRK_Check
2813  };
2814
2815  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2816                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2817                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2818                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2819  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2820                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2821                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2822                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2823                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2824                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2825                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2826  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2827
2828  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2829                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2830                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2831  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2832                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2833                                   Expr *DestExp);
2834  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2835  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2836
2837  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2838                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2839  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2840  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2841  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2842                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2843                                           unsigned NumParams);
2844  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2845                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2846
2847  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2848  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2849
2850  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2851                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2852                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2853                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2854                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2855                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2856
2857  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2858                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2859                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2860                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2861                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2862  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2863                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2864  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2865                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2866                            StringRef AsmString,
2867                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2868                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2869                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2870                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2871                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2872
2873  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2874                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2875                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2876                                  bool Invalid = false);
2877
2878  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2879
2880  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2881                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2882
2883  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2884
2885  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2886                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2887
2888  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2889  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2890                                  Scope *CurScope);
2891  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2892                                            Expr *operand);
2893  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2894                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2895                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2896
2897  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2898
2899  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2900                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2901                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2902                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2903
2904  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2905
2906  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2907                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2908  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2909                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2910
2911  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2912                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2913                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2914                              Stmt *Handler);
2915
2916  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2917                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2918                                 Stmt *Block);
2919
2920  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2921                                  Stmt *Block);
2922
2923  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2924
2925  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2926
2927  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2928  /// of it.
2929  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2930
2931  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2932  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2933  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2934  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2935
2936  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2937  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2938  ///
2939  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2940  ///     if (condition);
2941  ///       do_stuff();
2942  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2943                             const Stmt *Body,
2944                             unsigned DiagID);
2945
2946  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2947  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2948  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2949                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2950
2951  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2952    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2953  }
2954  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2955
2956  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2957  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2958    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2959  }
2960  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2961    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2962  }
2963
2964  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2965
2966  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2967                              SourceLocation Loc,
2968                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2969                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2970
2971  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2972
2973  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2974                                     StringRef message);
2975
2976  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2977  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2978
2979  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2980  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2981                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2982  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2983  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2984  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2985                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2986                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2987  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2988                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
2989
2990  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2991                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2992                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2993  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2994  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2995                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2996                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2997  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2998
2999  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3000
3001  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3002  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3003
3004  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3005
3006  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3007  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3008  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3009  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3010  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3011  // named expressions.
3012  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3013  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3014  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3015  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3016  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3017
3018  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3019  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3020
3021  enum TryCaptureKind {
3022    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3023  };
3024
3025  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3026  ///
3027  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3028  ///
3029  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3030  ///
3031  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3032  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3033  ///
3034  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3035  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3036  ///
3037  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3038  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3039  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3040  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3041  ///
3042  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3043  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3044  /// variable can be captured.
3045  ///
3046  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3047  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3048  /// captured.
3049  ///
3050  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3051  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3052  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3053                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3054                          QualType &CaptureType,
3055                          QualType &DeclRefType);
3056
3057  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3058  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3059                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3060                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3061
3062  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3063  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3064  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3065
3066  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3067  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3068                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3069
3070  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3071  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3072  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3073  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3074                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3075                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3076
3077  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3078  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3079                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3080
3081  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3082  /// evaluation context.
3083  ///
3084  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3085  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3086  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3087  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3088  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3089                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3090
3091  // Primary Expressions.
3092  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3093
3094  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3095                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3096                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3097                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3098                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3099                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3100
3101  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3102                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3103                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3104                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3105
3106  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3107                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3108                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3109                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3110
3111  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3112                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3113                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3114
3115  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3116                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3117                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3118                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3119                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3120
3121  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3122                              ExprValueKind VK,
3123                              SourceLocation Loc,
3124                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3125  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3126                              ExprValueKind VK,
3127                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3128                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
3129                              NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3130  ExprResult
3131  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3132                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
3133                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3134                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3135                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3136  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3137                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3138                                             LookupResult &R,
3139                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3140  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3141                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3142                                     LookupResult &R,
3143                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3144                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3145  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3146                                  const LookupResult &R,
3147                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3148
3149  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3150                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3151                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3152  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3153                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3154                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3155                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3156
3157  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3158                                      LookupResult &R,
3159                                      bool NeedsADL);
3160  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3161                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3162                                      NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3163
3164  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3165                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3166                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3167                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3168                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3169
3170  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3171  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3172  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3173  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3174  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3175  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3176                                SourceLocation R,
3177                                MultiExprArg Val);
3178
3179  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3180  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3181  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3182                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3183
3184  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3185                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3186                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3187                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3188                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3189                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3190  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3191                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3192                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3193                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3194                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3195                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3196
3197  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3198  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3199                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3200  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3201                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3202  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3203                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3204
3205  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3206                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3207                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3208                                            SourceRange R);
3209  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3210                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3211  ExprResult
3212    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3213                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3214                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3215                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3216
3217  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3218  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3219
3220  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3221  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3222                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3223                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3224  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3225                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3226                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3227                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3228                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3229  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3230                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3231
3232  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3233                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3234  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3235                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3236
3237  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3238                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3239                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3240                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3241                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3242                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3243                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3244
3245  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3246  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3247  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3248  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3249  // defines a custom operator->).
3250  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3251    Scope *S;
3252    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3253    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3254    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3255  };
3256
3257  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3258                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3259                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3260                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3261                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3262                                      LookupResult &R,
3263                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3264                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3265                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3266
3267  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3268  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3269                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3270                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3271                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3272                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3273
3274  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3275                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3276                                     const LookupResult &R);
3277
3278  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3279                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3280                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3281                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3282                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3283                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3284                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3285
3286  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3287                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3288                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3289                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3290                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3291                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3292                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3293                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3294
3295  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3296  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3297                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3298                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3299                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3300                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3301                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3302  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3303                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3304                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3305
3306  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3307  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3308  /// locations.
3309  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3310                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3311                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3312  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3313                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3314                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3315                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3316                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3317                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3318
3319  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3320                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3321                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3322
3323  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3324                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3325                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3326  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3327                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3328                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3329                                 Expr *Op);
3330  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3331
3332  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3333  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3334                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3335                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3336
3337  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3338
3339  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3340                                  ParsedType Ty,
3341                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3342                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3343
3344  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3345                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3346                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3347                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3348
3349  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3350                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3351                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3352
3353  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3354                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3355                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3356                                        ExprResult Init);
3357
3358  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3359                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3360  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3361                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3362  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3363                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3364
3365  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3366  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3367  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3368                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3369                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3370
3371  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3372  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3373                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3374
3375  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3376  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3377                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3378  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3379
3380  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3381  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3382    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3383    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3384    union {
3385      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3386      Expr *E;
3387    } U;
3388  };
3389
3390  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3391  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3392                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3393                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3394                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3395                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3396  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3397                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3398                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3399                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3400                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3401                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3402                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3403
3404  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3405  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3406                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3407                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3408
3409  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3410  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3411                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3412  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3413                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3414
3415  // __null
3416  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3417
3418  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3419
3420  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3421  enum IfExistsResult {
3422    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3423    IER_Exists,
3424
3425    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3426    IER_DoesNotExist,
3427
3428    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3429    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3430    IER_Dependent,
3431
3432    /// \brief An error occurred.
3433    IER_Error
3434  };
3435
3436  IfExistsResult
3437  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3438                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3439
3440  IfExistsResult
3441  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3442                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3443                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3444
3445  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3446                                        bool IsIfExists,
3447                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3448                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3449                                        Stmt *Nested);
3450  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3451                                        bool IsIfExists,
3452                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3453                                        Stmt *Nested);
3454
3455  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3456
3457  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3458  /// started.
3459  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3460
3461  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3462  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3463  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3464                           Scope *CurScope);
3465
3466  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3467  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3468  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3469
3470  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3471  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3472  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3473                                Scope *CurScope);
3474
3475  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3476
3477  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3478  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3479                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3480                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3481
3482  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3483
3484  // Act on C++ namespaces
3485  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3486                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3487                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3488                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3489                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3490                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3491  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3492
3493  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3494  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3495
3496  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3497
3498  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3499  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3500  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3501
3502  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3503  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3504  ///
3505  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3506  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3507
3508  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3509  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3510  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3511
3512  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3513                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3514                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3515                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3516                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3517                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3518                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3519
3520  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3521
3522  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3523                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3524                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3525                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3526                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3527                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3528                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3529
3530  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3531  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3532                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3533  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3534                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3535
3536  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3537                                   bool isTypeName,
3538                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3539                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3540                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3541  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3542                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3543                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3544
3545  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3546                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3547                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3548                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3549                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3550                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3551                                   bool IsTypeName,
3552                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3553
3554  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3555
3556  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3557                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3558                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3559                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3560                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3561                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3562                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3563                              bool IsTypeName,
3564                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3565  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3566                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3567                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3568                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3569                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3570                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3571                              TypeResult Type);
3572
3573  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3574  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3575  ///
3576  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3577  ExprResult
3578  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3579                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3580                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3581                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3582                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3583
3584  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3585  // the constructor can be elidable?
3586  ExprResult
3587  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3588                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3589                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3590                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3591                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3592
3593  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3594  /// the default expr if needed.
3595  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3596                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3597                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3598
3599  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3600  /// constructed variable.
3601  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3602
3603  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3604  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3605  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3606    // Pointer to allow copying
3607    Sema *Self;
3608    // We order exception specifications thus:
3609    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3610    // throw() comes next.
3611    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3612    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3613    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3614    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3615    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3616    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3617
3618    void ClearExceptions() {
3619      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3620      Exceptions.clear();
3621    }
3622
3623  public:
3624    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3625      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3626      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3627        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3628    }
3629
3630    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3631    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3632      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3633             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3634      return ComputedEST;
3635    }
3636
3637    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3638    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3639
3640    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3641    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3642
3643    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3644    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3645
3646    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3647    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3648
3649    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3650    /// computed exception specification.
3651    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3652      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3653      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3654        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3655        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3656      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3657        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3658        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3659        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3660        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3661        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3662                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3663      }
3664    }
3665    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3666      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3667      getEPI(EPI);
3668      return EPI;
3669    }
3670  };
3671
3672  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3673  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3674  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3675  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3676                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3677
3678  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3679  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3680  /// will be const.
3681  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3682  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3683
3684  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3685  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3686  /// parameter will be const.
3687  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3688  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3689
3690  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3691  /// constructor of a class will have.
3692  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3693  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3694
3695  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3696  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3697  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3698  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3699
3700  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3701  /// destructor of a class will have.
3702  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3703  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3704
3705  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3706  /// constructor of a class will have.
3707  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3708  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3709
3710  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3711  /// special member function.
3712  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3713
3714  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3715  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3716  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3717                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3718                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3719                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3720                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3721                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3722
3723  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3724  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3725  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3726                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3727
3728  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3729  ///
3730  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3731  /// default constructor will be added.
3732  ///
3733  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3734  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3735                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3736
3737  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3738  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3739  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3740                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3741
3742  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3743  ///
3744  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3745  /// destructor will be added.
3746  ///
3747  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3748  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3749
3750  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3751  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3752  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3753                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3754
3755  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3756  ///
3757  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3758  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3759  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3760                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3761
3762  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3763  ///
3764  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3765  /// constructors will be added.
3766  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3767
3768  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3769  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3770                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3771
3772  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3773  ///
3774  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3775  /// copy constructor will be added.
3776  ///
3777  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3778  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3779
3780  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3781  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3782  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3783                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3784
3785  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3786  ///
3787  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3788  /// move constructor will be added.
3789  ///
3790  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3791  /// declared.
3792  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3793
3794  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3795  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3796  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3797                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3798
3799  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3800  ///
3801  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3802  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3803  ///
3804  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3805  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3806
3807  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3808  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3809                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3810
3811  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3812  ///
3813  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3814  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3815  ///
3816  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3817  /// wasn't declared.
3818  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3819
3820  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3821  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3822                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3823
3824  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3825  /// class.
3826  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3827
3828  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3829  /// special member function.
3830  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3831
3832  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3833  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3834  ///
3835  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3836  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3837
3838  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3839  /// member function.
3840  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3841
3842  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3843  /// static member function.
3844  ///
3845  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3846  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3847
3848  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3849  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3850  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3851  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3852
3853  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3854                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3855                               SourceLocation Loc,
3856                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3857                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3858                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3859
3860  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3861                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3862                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3863
3864  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3865                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3866                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3867                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3868                               bool EnteringContext);
3869
3870  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3871
3872  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3873  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3874                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3875
3876  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3877  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3878                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3879                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3880                               Declarator &D,
3881                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3882                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3883                               Expr *E,
3884                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3885
3886  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3887                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3888                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3889                               Expr *E,
3890                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3891                               SourceRange Parens);
3892
3893  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3894                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3895                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3896                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3897  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3898                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3899                            Expr *Operand,
3900                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3901
3902  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3903  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3904                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3905                            void *TyOrExpr,
3906                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3907
3908  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3909                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3910                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3911                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3912  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3913                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3914                            Expr *Operand,
3915                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3916
3917  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3918  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3919                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3920                            void *TyOrExpr,
3921                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3922
3923
3924  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3925  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3926
3927  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3928  ///
3929  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3930  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3931
3932  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3933  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3934  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3935  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3936
3937  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3938  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3939  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3940    Sema &S;
3941    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3942    bool Enabled;
3943
3944  public:
3945    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3946    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3947    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3948    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3949    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3950                     bool Enabled = true);
3951
3952    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3953  };
3954
3955  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3956  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3957  ///
3958  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3959  ///
3960  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3961  /// capture list.
3962  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3963
3964  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3965  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3966  /// being defined.
3967  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3968
3969  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3970  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3971
3972
3973  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3974  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3975
3976  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3977  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3978
3979  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3980  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3981  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3982                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3983  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3984                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3985
3986  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3987  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3988  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3989  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3990  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3991                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3992                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3993                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3994
3995  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3996                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3997                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3998                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3999
4000  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4001  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4002                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4003                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4004                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4005                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4006                         Expr *Initializer);
4007  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4008                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4009                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4010                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4011                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4012                         QualType AllocType,
4013                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4014                         Expr *ArraySize,
4015                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4016                         Expr *Initializer,
4017                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4018
4019  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4020                          SourceRange R);
4021  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4022                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4023                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4024                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4025                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4026  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4027                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4028                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4029                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4030                              bool Diagnose = true);
4031  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4032  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4033                                       QualType Argument,
4034                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4035
4036  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4037                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4038                                bool Diagnose = true);
4039
4040  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4041  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4042                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4043                            Expr *Operand);
4044
4045  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4046  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4047                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4048                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4049
4050  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4051                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4052  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4053                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4054
4055  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4056  /// pseudo-functions.
4057  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4058                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4059                                 ParsedType Ty,
4060                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4061
4062  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4063                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4064                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4065                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4066
4067  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4068  /// pseudo-functions.
4069  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4070                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4071                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4072                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4073                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4074
4075  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4076                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4077                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4078                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4079                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4080
4081  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4082  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4083                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4084                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4085  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4086                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4087                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4088
4089  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4090  /// pseudo-functions.
4091  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4092                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4093                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4094                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4095                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4096
4097  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4098                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4099                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4100                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4101                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4102
4103  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4104  /// pseudo-functions.
4105  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4106                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4107                                  Expr *Queried,
4108                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4109
4110  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4111                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4112                                  Expr *Queried,
4113                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4114
4115  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4116                                          Expr *Base,
4117                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4118                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4119                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4120                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4121
4122  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4123
4124  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4125                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4126                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4127                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4128                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4129                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4130                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4131                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4132                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4133
4134  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4135                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4136                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4137                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4138                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4139                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4140                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4141                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4142                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4143
4144  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4145                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4146                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4147                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4148                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4149                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4150
4151  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4152  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4153  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4154  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4155  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4156  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4157
4158  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4159    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4160                                          : SourceLocation());
4161  }
4162  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4163                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4164                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4165  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4166
4167  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4168  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4169
4170  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4171  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4172                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4173  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4174  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4175  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4176
4177  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4178  ///
4179  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4180  ///
4181  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4182  ///
4183  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4184  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4185  ///
4186  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4187  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4188                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4189
4190  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4191  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4192
4193  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4194                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4195                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4196                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4197
4198  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4199                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4200                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4201                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4202                                   QualType ObjectType,
4203                                   bool EnteringContext,
4204                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4205                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4206                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4207
4208  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4209  ///
4210  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4211  ///
4212  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4213  ///
4214  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4215  ///
4216  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4217  ///
4218  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4219  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4220  ///
4221  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4222  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4223  ///
4224  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4225  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4226  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4227  /// including this new type).
4228  ///
4229  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4230  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4231                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4232                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4233                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4234                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4235                                   bool EnteringContext,
4236                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4237
4238  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4239
4240  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4241                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4242                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4243
4244  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4245                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4246                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4247                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4248                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4249                                 bool EnteringContext);
4250
4251  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4252  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4253  ///
4254  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4255  ///
4256  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4257  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4258  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4259  /// including this new type).
4260  ///
4261  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4262  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4263  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4264  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4265  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4266  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4267  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4268  ///
4269  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4270  /// nested-name-specifier.
4271  ///
4272  ///
4273  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4274  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4275                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4276                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4277                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4278                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4279                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4280                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4281                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4282                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4283                                   bool EnteringContext);
4284
4285  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4286  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4287  /// nested-name-specifier.
4288  ///
4289  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4290  ///
4291  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4292  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4293  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4294
4295  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4296  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4297  ///
4298  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4299  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4300  ///
4301  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4302  ///
4303  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4304  /// of the annotation pointer.
4305  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4306                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4307                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4308
4309  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4310
4311  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4312  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4313  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4314  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4315  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4316  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4317  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4318
4319  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4320  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4321  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4322  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4323  /// defining scope.
4324  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4325
4326  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4327  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4328  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4329  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4330  /// class X.
4331  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4332
4333  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4334  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4335  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4336
4337  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4338  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4339                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4340                                         bool KnownDependent);
4341
4342  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4343  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4344                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4345                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4346                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4347                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4348
4349  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4350  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4351                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4352                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4353                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4354                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4355                                          bool Mutable);
4356
4357  /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and
4358  /// initializer.
4359  FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
4360                              IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4361
4362  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4363  /// given lambda.
4364  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4365
4366  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4367  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4368
4369  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4370  /// statements present in the body.
4371  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4372
4373  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4374  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4375  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4376  /// lambda.
4377  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4378                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4379
4380  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4381  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4382  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4383                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4384
4385  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4386  /// was successfully completed.
4387  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4388                             Scope *CurScope,
4389                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4390
4391  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4392  /// function pointer.
4393  ///
4394  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4395  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4396  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4397  /// block pointer conversion.
4398  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4399         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4400
4401  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4402  /// block pointer.
4403  ///
4404  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4405  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4406  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4407  /// block pointer conversion.
4408  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4409                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4410
4411  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4412                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4413                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4414                                           Expr *Src);
4415
4416  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4417  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4418                                    Expr **Strings,
4419                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4420
4421  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4422
4423  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4424  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4425  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4426  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4427  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4428                                  bool Value);
4429  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4430
4431  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4432  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4433  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4434  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4435  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4436  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4437
4438  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4439                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4440                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4441                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4442
4443  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4444                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4445                                        unsigned NumElements);
4446
4447  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4448                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4449                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4450  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4451                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4452                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4453
4454  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4455                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4456                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4457                                       ParsedType Ty,
4458                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4459
4460  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4461  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4462                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4463                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4464                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4465                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4466
4467  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4468  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4469                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4470                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4471                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4472                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4473                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4474
4475  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4476  // C++ Declarations
4477  //
4478  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4479                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4480                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4481                                       StringRef Lang,
4482                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4483  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4484                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4485                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4486
4487
4488  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4489  // C++ Classes
4490  //
4491  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4492                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4493
4494  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4495                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4496                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4497                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4498
4499  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4500                                 Declarator &D,
4501                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4502                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4503                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4504  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4505                                        Expr *Init);
4506
4507  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4508                                    Scope *S,
4509                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4510                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4511                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4512                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4513                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4514                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4515                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4516                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4517                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4518
4519  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4520                                    Scope *S,
4521                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4522                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4523                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4524                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4525                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4526                                    Expr *InitList,
4527                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4528
4529  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4530                                    Scope *S,
4531                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4532                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4533                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4534                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4535                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4536                                    Expr *Init,
4537                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4538
4539  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4540                                       Expr *Init,
4541                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4542
4543  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4544                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4545                                     Expr *Init,
4546                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4547                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4548
4549  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4550                                           Expr *Init,
4551                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4552
4553  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4554                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4555
4556  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4557                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4558
4559  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4560
4561
4562  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4563  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4564  /// referenced.
4565  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4566                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4567
4568  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4569  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4570  /// first use occurred.
4571  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4572
4573  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4574  /// materialized.
4575  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4576
4577  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4578  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4579  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4580  /// by code generation).
4581  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4582
4583  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4584  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4585
4586  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4587                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4588    DynamicClassesType;
4589
4590  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4591  /// unit.
4592  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4593
4594  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4595  /// given location.
4596  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4597                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4598
4599  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4600  /// in the given class as needed.
4601  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4602                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4603
4604  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4605  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4606  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4607                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4608
4609  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4610  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4611  /// vtables.
4612  ///
4613  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4614  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4615
4616  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4617
4618  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4619                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4620                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4621                            bool AnyErrors);
4622
4623  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4624  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4625                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4626                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4627                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4628                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4629  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4630
4631  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4632  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4633  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4634  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4635  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4636  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4637  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4638  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4639  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4640  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4641
4642  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4643                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4644                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4645                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4646  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4647                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4648                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4649                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4650                                     bool Failed);
4651
4652  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4653                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4654                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4655  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4656                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4657  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4658                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4659
4660  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4661                                      StorageClass& SC);
4662  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4663  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4664                                     StorageClass& SC);
4665  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4666  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4667                                 StorageClass& SC);
4668  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4669
4670  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4671  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4672                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4673  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4674
4675  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4676  // C++ Derived Classes
4677  //
4678
4679  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4680  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4681                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4682                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4683                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4684                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4685
4686  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4687                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4688                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4689                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4690                                ParsedType basetype,
4691                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4692                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4693
4694  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4695                            unsigned NumBases);
4696  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4697                           unsigned NumBases);
4698
4699  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4700  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4701
4702  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4703  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4704
4705  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4706
4707  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4708                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4709                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4710                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4711  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4712                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4713                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4714                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4715                                    DeclarationName Name,
4716                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4717
4718  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4719
4720  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4721                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4722
4723  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4724  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4725  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4726                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4727
4728  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4729  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4730  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4731                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4732
4733  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4734
4735  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4736  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4737
4738  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4739  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4740  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4741  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4742                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4743
4744
4745  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4746  // C++ Access Control
4747  //
4748
4749  enum AccessResult {
4750    AR_accessible,
4751    AR_inaccessible,
4752    AR_dependent,
4753    AR_delayed
4754  };
4755
4756  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4757                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4758                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4759
4760  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4761                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4762  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4763                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4764  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4765                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4766                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4767                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4768                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4769  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4770                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4771                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4772                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4773                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4774  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4775                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4776                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4777                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4778                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4779  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4780                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4781                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4782                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4783  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4784  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4785                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4786                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4787                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4788  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4789                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4790  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4791                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4792                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4793                                    unsigned DiagID,
4794                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4795                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4796  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4797  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4798  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4799                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4800                                            QualType objectType);
4801
4802  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4803                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4804  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4805                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4806
4807  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4808
4809  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4810  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4811  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4812
4813  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4814    AbstractNone = -1,
4815    AbstractReturnType,
4816    AbstractParamType,
4817    AbstractVariableType,
4818    AbstractFieldType,
4819    AbstractIvarType,
4820    AbstractArrayType
4821  };
4822
4823  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4824                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4825  template<typename T1>
4826  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4827                              unsigned DiagID,
4828                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4829    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4830    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4831  }
4832
4833  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4834  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4835                              unsigned DiagID,
4836                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4837    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4838    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4839  }
4840
4841  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4842  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4843                              unsigned DiagID,
4844                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4845    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4846    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4847  }
4848
4849  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4850
4851  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4852                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4853
4854  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4855  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4856  //
4857
4858  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4859
4860  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4861
4862  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4863  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4864  //
4865  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4866                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4867  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4868                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4869
4870  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4871                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4872                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4873
4874  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4875                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4876                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4877                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4878                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4879                                  bool EnteringContext,
4880                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4881                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4882
4883  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4884                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4885                                   Scope *S,
4886                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4887                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4888                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4889
4890  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4891  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4892
4893  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4894                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4895                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4896                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4897                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4898                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4899                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4900                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4901
4902  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4903  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4904                                      unsigned Depth,
4905                                      unsigned Position,
4906                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4907                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4908  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4909                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4910                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4911                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4912                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4913                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4914                                       unsigned Depth,
4915                                       unsigned Position,
4916                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4917                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4918
4919  TemplateParameterList *
4920  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4921                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4922                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4923                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4924                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4925                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4926
4927  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4928  /// list.
4929  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4930    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4931    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4932    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4933    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4934    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4935    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4936  };
4937
4938  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4939                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4940                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4941  TemplateParameterList *
4942  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4943                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4944                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4945                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4946                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4947                                          bool IsFriend,
4948                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4949                                          bool &Invalid);
4950
4951  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4952                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4953                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4954                                AttributeList *Attr,
4955                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4956                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4957                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4958                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4959                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4960
4961  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4962                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4963
4964  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4965
4966  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4967                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4968                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4969
4970  TypeResult
4971  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4972                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4973                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4974                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4975                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4976                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4977
4978  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4979  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4980  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4981                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4982                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4983                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4984                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4985                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4986                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4987                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4988                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4989                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4990
4991
4992  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4993                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4994                                 LookupResult &R,
4995                                 bool RequiresADL,
4996                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4997
4998  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4999                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5000                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5001                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5002
5003  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5004                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5005                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5006                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5007                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5008                                              bool EnteringContext,
5009                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5010
5011  DeclResult
5012  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5013                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5014                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5015                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5016                                   TemplateTy Template,
5017                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5018                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5019                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5020                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5021                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5022                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5023
5024  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5025                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5026                                Declarator &D);
5027
5028  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5029                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5030                                        Declarator &D);
5031
5032  bool
5033  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5034                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5035                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5036                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5037                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5038                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5039
5040  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5041                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5042                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5043
5044  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5045                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5046                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5047  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5048
5049  DeclResult
5050  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5051                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5052                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5053                             unsigned TagSpec,
5054                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5055                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5056                             TemplateTy Template,
5057                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5058                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5059                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5060                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5061                             AttributeList *Attr);
5062
5063  DeclResult
5064  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5065                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5066                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5067                             unsigned TagSpec,
5068                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5069                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5070                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5071                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5072                             AttributeList *Attr);
5073
5074  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5075                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5076                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5077                                        Declarator &D);
5078
5079  TemplateArgumentLoc
5080  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5081                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5082                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5083                                          Decl *Param,
5084                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5085
5086  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5087  /// argument is being checked.
5088  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5089    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5090    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5091    CTAK_Specified,
5092
5093    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5094    /// deduction.
5095    CTAK_Deduced,
5096
5097    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5098    /// via template argument deduction.
5099    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5100  };
5101
5102  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5103                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5104                             NamedDecl *Template,
5105                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5106                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5107                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5108                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5109                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5110
5111  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5112  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5113  ///
5114  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5115  /// provided.
5116  ///
5117  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5118  ///
5119  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5120  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5121  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5122  /// arguments.
5123  ///
5124  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5125  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5126  /// set of template arguments.
5127  ///
5128  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5129  /// arguments.
5130  ///
5131  ///
5132  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5133  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5134  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5135  ///
5136  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5137  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5138                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5139                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5140                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5141                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5142                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5143
5144  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5145                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5146                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5147
5148  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5149                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5150  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5151                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5152                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5153                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5154  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5155                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5156                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5157
5158  ExprResult
5159  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5160                                          QualType ParamType,
5161                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5162  ExprResult
5163  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5164                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5165
5166  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5167  /// for equality.
5168  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5169    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5170    /// that might be redeclarations.
5171    ///
5172    /// \code
5173    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5174    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5175    /// \endcode
5176    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5177
5178    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5179    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5180    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5181    ///
5182    /// \code
5183    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5184    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5185    /// \endcode
5186    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5187
5188    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5189    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5190    /// template parameter.
5191    ///
5192    /// \code
5193    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5194    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5195    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5196    /// \endcode
5197    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5198  };
5199
5200  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5201                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5202                                      bool Complain,
5203                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5204                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5205                                        = SourceLocation());
5206
5207  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5208
5209  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5210  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5211  ///
5212  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5213  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5214  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5215  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5216  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5217  TypeResult
5218  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5219                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5220                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5221
5222  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5223  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5224  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5225  ///
5226  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5227  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5228  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5229  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5230  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5231  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5232  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5233  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5234  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5235  TypeResult
5236  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5237                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5238                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5239                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5240                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5241                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5242                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5243                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5244
5245  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5246                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5247                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5248                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5249                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5250
5251  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5252                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5253                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5254  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5255
5256  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5257  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5258                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5259
5260  std::string
5261  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5262                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5263
5264  std::string
5265  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5266                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5267                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5268
5269  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5270  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5271  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5272
5273  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5274  /// being diagnosed.
5275  ///
5276  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5277  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5278  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5279    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5280    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5281
5282    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5283    UPPC_BaseType,
5284
5285    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5286    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5287
5288    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5289    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5290
5291    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5292    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5293
5294    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5295    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5296
5297    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5298    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5299
5300    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5301    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5302
5303    /// \brief A using declaration.
5304    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5305
5306    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5307    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5308
5309    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5310    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5311
5312    /// \brief An initializer.
5313    UPPC_Initializer,
5314
5315    /// \brief A default argument.
5316    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5317
5318    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5319    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5320
5321    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5322    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5323
5324    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5325    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5326
5327    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5328    UPPC_IfExists,
5329
5330    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5331    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5332
5333    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5334    UPPC_Lambda,
5335
5336    /// \brief Block expression,
5337    UPPC_Block
5338};
5339
5340  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5341  ///
5342  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5343  ///
5344  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5345  /// parameter packs.
5346  ///
5347  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5348  ///
5349  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5350  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5351                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5352                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5353
5354  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5355  /// diagnose the error.
5356  ///
5357  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5358  ///
5359  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5360  /// packs.
5361  ///
5362  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5363  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5364                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5365
5366  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5367  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5368  ///
5369  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5370  /// parameter packs.
5371  ///
5372  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5373  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5374                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5375
5376  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5377  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5378  ///
5379  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5380  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5381  ///
5382  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5383  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5384                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5385
5386  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5387  /// diagnose the error.
5388  ///
5389  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5390  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5391  ///
5392  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5393  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5394                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5395
5396  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5397  /// diagnose the error.
5398  ///
5399  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5400  ///
5401  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5402  /// parameter packs.
5403  ///
5404  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5405  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5406                                       TemplateName Template,
5407                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5408
5409  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5410  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5411  ///
5412  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5413  /// parameter packs.
5414  ///
5415  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5416  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5417                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5418
5419  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5420  /// template argument.
5421  ///
5422  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5423  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5424  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5425                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5426
5427  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5428  /// template argument.
5429  ///
5430  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5431  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5432  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5433                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5434
5435  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5436  /// type.
5437  ///
5438  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5439  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5440  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5441                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5442
5443  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5444  /// type.
5445  ///
5446  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5447  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5448  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5449                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5450
5451  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5452  /// nested-name-specifier.
5453  ///
5454  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5455  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5456  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5457                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5458
5459  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5460  /// name.
5461  ///
5462  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5463  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5464  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5465                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5466
5467  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5468  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5469  ///
5470  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5471  /// may already be invalid.
5472  ///
5473  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5474  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5475                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5476
5477  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5478  /// creates a pack expansion.
5479  ///
5480  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5481  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5482  ///
5483  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5484  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5485
5486  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5487  /// expansion.
5488  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5489                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5490                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5491
5492  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5493  /// expansion.
5494  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5495                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5496                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5497                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5498
5499  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5500  /// creates a pack expansion.
5501  ///
5502  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5503  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5504  ///
5505  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5506  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5507
5508  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5509  /// creates a pack expansion.
5510  ///
5511  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5512  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5513  ///
5514  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5515  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5516                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5517
5518  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5519  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5520  /// transforming the pattern.
5521  ///
5522  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5523  /// pack expansion.
5524  ///
5525  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5526  /// the pack expansion.
5527  ///
5528  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5529  /// pattern.
5530  ///
5531  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5532  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5533  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5534  ///
5535  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5536  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5537  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5538  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5539  ///
5540  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5541  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5542  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5543  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5544  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5545  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5546  /// set this value in other cases.
5547  ///
5548  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5549  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5550  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5551  /// must be set.
5552  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5553                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5554                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5555                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5556                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5557                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5558                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5559
5560  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5561  /// type.
5562  ///
5563  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5564  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5565  ///
5566  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5567  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5568      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5569
5570  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5571  /// parameter packs.
5572  ///
5573  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5574  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5575  ///
5576  /// \code
5577  ///   void f(T...);
5578  /// \endcode
5579  ///
5580  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5581  /// a variadic function.
5582  ///
5583  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5584  /// false otherwise.
5585  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5586
5587  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5588  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5589  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5590
5591  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5592  ///
5593  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5594  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5595  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5596  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5597  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5598  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5599  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5600  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5601    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5602    TDK_Success = 0,
5603    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5604    TDK_Invalid,
5605    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5606    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5607    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5608    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5609    /// for every template parameter.
5610    TDK_Incomplete,
5611    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5612    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5613    TDK_Inconsistent,
5614    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5615    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5616    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5617    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5618    TDK_Underqualified,
5619    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5620    /// resulted in an error.
5621    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5622    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5623    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5624    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5625    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5626    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5627    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5628    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5629    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5630    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5631    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5632    /// template arguments for the given template.
5633    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5634    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5635    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5636    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5637    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5638    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5639  };
5640
5641  TemplateDeductionResult
5642  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5643                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5644                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5645
5646  TemplateDeductionResult
5647  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5648                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5649                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5650                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5651                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5652                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5653
5654  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5655  // deduction for a call.
5656  struct OriginalCallArg {
5657    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5658                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5659                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5660      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5661        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5662
5663    QualType OriginalParamType;
5664    unsigned ArgIdx;
5665    QualType OriginalArgType;
5666  };
5667
5668  TemplateDeductionResult
5669  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5670                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5671                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5672                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5673                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5674           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5675
5676  TemplateDeductionResult
5677  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5678                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5679                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5680                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5681                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5682
5683  TemplateDeductionResult
5684  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5685                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5686                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5687                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5688                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5689                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5690
5691  TemplateDeductionResult
5692  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5693                          QualType ToType,
5694                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5695                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5696
5697  TemplateDeductionResult
5698  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5699                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5700                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5701                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5702                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5703
5704  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5705  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5706    DAR_Succeeded,
5707    DAR_Failed,
5708    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5709  };
5710
5711  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5712                                  QualType &Result);
5713  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5714                                  QualType &Result);
5715  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5716  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5717  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5718                        bool Diagnose = true);
5719
5720  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5721                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5722                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5723
5724  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5725                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5726                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5727                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5728                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5729  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5730                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5731                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5732                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5733                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5734                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5735                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5736                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5737                                        bool Complain = true,
5738                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5739
5740  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5741  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5742                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5743                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5744                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5745
5746  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5747                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5748                                  unsigned Depth,
5749                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5750  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5751                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5752                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5753    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5754  }
5755  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5756                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5757                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5758
5759  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5760  // C++ Template Instantiation
5761  //
5762
5763  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5764                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5765                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5766                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5767
5768  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5769  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5770    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5771    enum InstantiationKind {
5772      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5773      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5774      TemplateInstantiation,
5775
5776      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5777      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5778      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5779      /// arguments as specified.
5780      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5781      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5782
5783      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5784      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5785      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5786      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5787
5788      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5789      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5790      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5791
5792      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5793      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5794      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5795      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5796      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5797      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5798
5799      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5800      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5801      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5802      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5803
5804      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5805      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5806      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5807
5808      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5809      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5810      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5811    } Kind;
5812
5813    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5814    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5815
5816    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5817    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5818    /// arguments.
5819    NamedDecl *Template;
5820
5821    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5822    Decl *Entity;
5823
5824    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5825    /// are not part of the entity.
5826    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5827
5828    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5829    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5830
5831    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5832    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5833    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5834
5835    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5836    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5837    /// template instantiation.
5838    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5839
5840    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5841      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5842        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5843
5844    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5845    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5846    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5847
5848    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5849                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5850      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5851        return false;
5852
5853      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5854        return false;
5855
5856      switch (X.Kind) {
5857      case TemplateInstantiation:
5858      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5859        return true;
5860
5861      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5862      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5863        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5864          return false;
5865
5866        // Fall through
5867
5868      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5869      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5870      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5871      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5872        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5873
5874      }
5875
5876      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5877    }
5878
5879    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5880                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5881      return !(X == Y);
5882    }
5883  };
5884
5885  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5886  ///
5887  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5888  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5889  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5890  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5891  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5892    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5893
5894  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5895  /// template instantiation.
5896  ///
5897  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5898  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5899  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5900
5901  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5902  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5903  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5904  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5905
5906  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5907  /// error or warning was produced.
5908  ///
5909  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5910  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5911  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5912  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5913  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5914
5915  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5916  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5917  ///
5918  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5919  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5920  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5921  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5922
5923  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5924  /// within a \c Sema object.
5925  ///
5926  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5927  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5928    Sema &Self;
5929    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5930
5931  public:
5932    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5933      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5934      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5935    }
5936
5937    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5938      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5939    }
5940  };
5941
5942  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5943
5944  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5945  ///
5946  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5947  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5948  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5949
5950  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5951  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5952  /// deduction.
5953  ///
5954  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5955  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5956    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5957
5958  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5959  /// instantiation.
5960  ///
5961  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5962  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5963  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5964  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5965  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5966  ///
5967  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5968  /// the stack.
5969  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5970    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5971    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5972    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5973                          Decl *Entity,
5974                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5975
5976    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5977    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5978    /// of a function template.
5979    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5980                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5981                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5982
5983    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5984    /// template-id.
5985    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5986                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5987                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5988                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5989
5990    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5991    /// template-id.
5992    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5993                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5994                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5995                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5996                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5997                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5998
5999    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6000    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6001    /// specialization.
6002    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6003                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6004                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6005                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6006                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6007
6008    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6009                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6010                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6011                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6012
6013    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6014    /// non-type or template template parameter.
6015    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6016                          NamedDecl *Template,
6017                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6018                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6019                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6020
6021    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6022                          NamedDecl *Template,
6023                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6024                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6025                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6026
6027    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6028    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6029    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6030                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6031                          NamedDecl *Param,
6032                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6033                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6034
6035
6036    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6037    void Clear();
6038
6039    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6040
6041    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6042    /// recursive template instantiations.
6043    LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
6044
6045  private:
6046    Sema &SemaRef;
6047    bool Invalid;
6048    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6049    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6050                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6051
6052    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6053
6054    InstantiatingTemplate&
6055    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6056  };
6057
6058  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6059
6060  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6061  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6062  /// errors.
6063  ///
6064  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6065  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6066  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6067  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6068  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6069
6070  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6071  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6072  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6073    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6074           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6075    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6076  }
6077
6078  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6079  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6080  /// deduction.`
6081  class SFINAETrap {
6082    Sema &SemaRef;
6083    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6084    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6085    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6086
6087  public:
6088    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6089      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6090        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6091                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6092        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6093    {
6094      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6095        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6096      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6097    }
6098
6099    ~SFINAETrap() {
6100      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6101      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6102        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6103      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6104    }
6105
6106    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6107    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6108      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6109    }
6110  };
6111
6112  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6113  /// variables.
6114  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6115
6116  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6117  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6118
6119  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6120    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6121
6122  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6123  /// name lookup.
6124  ///
6125  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6126  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6127  /// string represents a keyword.
6128  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6129
6130  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6131  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6132
6133  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6134  ///
6135  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6136  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6137  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6138  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6139  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6140  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6141  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6142
6143  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6144  /// but have not yet been performed.
6145  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6146
6147  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6148  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6149  ///
6150  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6151  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6152  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6153  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6154  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6155
6156  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6157
6158  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6159                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6160                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6161
6162  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6163                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6164                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6165
6166  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6167                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6168                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6169
6170  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6171                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6172                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6173                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6174                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6175                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6176  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6177                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6178                                int indexAdjustment,
6179                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6180                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6181  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6182                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6183                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6184                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6185                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6186  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6187                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6188
6189  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6190  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6191  ///
6192  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6193  ///
6194  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6195  ///
6196  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6197  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6198  ///
6199  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6200  ///
6201  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6202  ///
6203  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6204  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6205                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6206                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6207
6208  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6209                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6210
6211  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6212                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6213
6214  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6215                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6216                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6217
6218  bool
6219  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6220                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6221                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6222
6223  bool
6224  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6225                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6226                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6227                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6228                   bool Complain = true);
6229
6230  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6231                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6232                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6233                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6234
6235  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6236    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6237    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6238    Decl *NewDecl;
6239
6240    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6241                              Decl *D)
6242      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6243    { }
6244  };
6245  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6246
6247  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6248                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6249                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6250                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6251
6252  bool
6253  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6254                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6255                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6256                           bool Complain = true);
6257
6258  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6259                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6260                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6261                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6262
6263  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6264                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6265                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6266                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6267
6268  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6269  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6270                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6271
6272  DeclarationNameInfo
6273  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6274                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6275  TemplateName
6276  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6277                    SourceLocation Loc,
6278                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6279  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6280             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6281             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6282
6283  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6284                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6285  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6286                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6287                                     bool Recursive = false,
6288                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6289  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6290                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6291                                     VarDecl *Var,
6292                                     bool Recursive = false,
6293                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6294
6295  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6296                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6297                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6298
6299  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6300                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6301  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6302                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6303
6304  // Objective-C declarations.
6305  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6306    OCK_None = -1,
6307    OCK_Interface = 0,
6308    OCK_Protocol,
6309    OCK_Category,
6310    OCK_ClassExtension,
6311    OCK_Implementation,
6312    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6313  };
6314  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6315
6316  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6317                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6318                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6319                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6320                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6321                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6322                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6323                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6324                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6325                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6326
6327  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6328                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6329                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6330                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6331
6332  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6333    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6334    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6335    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6336
6337  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6338                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6339                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6340                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6341                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6342                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6343                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6344
6345  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6346                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6347                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6348                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6349                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6350                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6351                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6352                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6353                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6354
6355  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6356                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6357                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6358                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6359                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6360
6361  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6362                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6363                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6364                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6365                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6366
6367  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6368                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6369
6370  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6371                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6372                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6373                                     unsigned NumElts);
6374
6375  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6376                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6377                                        unsigned NumElts,
6378                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6379
6380  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6381                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6382                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6383                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6384
6385  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6386  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6387  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6388  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6389                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6390                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6391                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6392
6393  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6394  /// setters and getters as needed.
6395  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6396  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6397  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6398  ///        in class extension.
6399  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6400  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6401                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6402                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6403                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6404
6405
6406  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6407                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6408                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6409
6410  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6411                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6412
6413  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6414                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6415
6416  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6417                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6418                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6419                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6420
6421  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6422                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6423                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6424                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6425                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6426                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6427                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6428
6429  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6430                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6431                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6432                              bool ImplKind,
6433                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6434                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6435                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6436
6437  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6438    OSMK_None,
6439    OSMK_Alloc,
6440    OSMK_New,
6441    OSMK_Copy,
6442    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6443    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6444  };
6445
6446  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6447    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6448    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6449    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6450    // in this case.
6451    ParsedType Type;
6452    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6453
6454    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6455    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6456  };
6457
6458  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6459    Scope *S,
6460    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6461    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6462    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6463    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6464    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6465    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6466    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6467    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6468    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6469    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6470    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6471
6472  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6473                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6474                                              bool IsInstance);
6475  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6476                                           bool IsInstance);
6477
6478  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6479  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6480
6481  ExprResult
6482  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6483                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6484                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6485                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6486                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6487                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6488                            bool Super);
6489
6490  ExprResult
6491  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6492                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6493                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6494                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6495
6496  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6497
6498  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6499  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6500  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6501    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6502    ObjCSuperMessage,
6503    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6504    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6505    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6506    /// name.
6507    ObjCClassMessage
6508  };
6509
6510  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6511                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6512                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6513                                     bool IsSuper,
6514                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6515                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6516
6517  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6518                               Selector Sel,
6519                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6520                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6521                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6522                               MultiExprArg Args);
6523
6524  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6525                               QualType ReceiverType,
6526                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6527                               Selector Sel,
6528                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6529                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6530                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6531                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6532                               MultiExprArg Args,
6533                               bool isImplicit = false);
6534
6535  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6536                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6537                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6538                                       Selector Sel,
6539                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6540                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6541
6542  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6543                               ParsedType Receiver,
6544                               Selector Sel,
6545                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6546                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6547                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6548                               MultiExprArg Args);
6549
6550  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6551                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6552                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6553                                  Selector Sel,
6554                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6555                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6556                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6557                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6558                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6559                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6560
6561  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6562                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6563                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6564                                          Selector Sel,
6565                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6566                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6567
6568  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6569                                  Expr *Receiver,
6570                                  Selector Sel,
6571                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6572                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6573                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6574                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6575
6576  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6577                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6578                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6579                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6580                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6581
6582  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6583                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6584                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6585                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6586                                  ParsedType Type,
6587                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6588                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6589
6590  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6591
6592  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6593  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6594  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6595                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6596
6597  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6598  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6599    RTC_Compatible,
6600    RTC_Incompatible,
6601    RTC_Unknown
6602  };
6603
6604  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6605                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6606                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6607
6608  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6609    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6610    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6611    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6612    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6613    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6614    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6615  };
6616
6617  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6618  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6619                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6620
6621  enum PragmaPackKind {
6622    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6623    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6624    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6625    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6626  };
6627
6628  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6629    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6630    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6631  };
6632
6633  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6634    PCK_Unknown,
6635    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6636    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6637    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6638    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6639    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6640  };
6641
6642  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6643  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6644                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6645                       Expr *Alignment,
6646                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6647                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6648                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6649
6650  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6651  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6652
6653  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6654  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6655
6656  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6657  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6658                         Scope *curScope,
6659                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6660
6661  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6662  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6663                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6664
6665  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6666                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6667  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6668
6669  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6670  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6671                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6672                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6673
6674  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6675  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6676  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6677                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6678                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6679                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6680                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6681
6682  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6683  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6684                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6685                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6686                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6687                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6688
6689  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6690  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6691  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6692
6693  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6694  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6695  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6696
6697  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6698  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6699
6700  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6701  void FreePackedContext();
6702
6703  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6704  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6705  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6706                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6707
6708  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6709  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6710  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6711
6712  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6713  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6714  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6715
6716  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6717  void FreeVisContext();
6718
6719  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6720  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6721  /// the appropriate attribute.
6722  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6723
6724  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6725  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6726                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6727  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6728                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6729
6730  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6731  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
6732  /// threadprivate'.
6733  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
6734                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
6735                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
6736  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6737  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6738                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6739                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6740  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
6741  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6742                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6743                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6744
6745  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6746  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6747    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6748    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6749    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6750    CCK_CStyleCast,
6751    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6752    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6753    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6754    CCK_OtherCast
6755  };
6756
6757  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6758  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6759  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6760  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6761                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6762                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6763                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6764                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6765
6766  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6767  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6768  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6769
6770  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6771  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6772  /// required.
6773  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6774
6775  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6776  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6777  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6778
6779  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6780  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6781  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6782
6783  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6784  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6785  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6786  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6787
6788  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6789  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6790  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6791  // type.
6792  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6793
6794  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6795  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6796  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6797  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6798
6799  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6800  enum VariadicCallType {
6801    VariadicFunction,
6802    VariadicBlock,
6803    VariadicMethod,
6804    VariadicConstructor,
6805    VariadicDoesNotApply
6806  };
6807
6808  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6809                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6810                                       Expr *Fn);
6811
6812  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6813  // vararg function.
6814  enum VarArgKind {
6815    VAK_Valid,
6816    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6817    VAK_Invalid
6818  };
6819
6820  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6821  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6822
6823  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6824  /// form of call prototypes.
6825  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6826                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6827                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6828                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6829                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6830                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6831                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6832                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
6833                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
6834
6835  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6836  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6837  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6838                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6839
6840  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6841  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6842  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6843
6844  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6845  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6846  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6847  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6848  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6849  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6850                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6851
6852  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6853  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6854  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6855  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6856  /// source and destination type.
6857  enum AssignConvertType {
6858    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6859    Compatible,
6860
6861    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6862    /// accept as an extension.
6863    PointerToInt,
6864
6865    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6866    /// accept as an extension.
6867    IntToPointer,
6868
6869    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6870    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6871    FunctionVoidPointer,
6872
6873    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6874    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6875    IncompatiblePointer,
6876
6877    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6878    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6879    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6880    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6881    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6882
6883    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6884    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6885    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6886
6887    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6888    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6889    /// like address spaces.
6890    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6891
6892    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6893    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6894    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6895    /// extension.
6896    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6897
6898    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6899    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6900    IncompatibleVectors,
6901
6902    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6903    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6904    IntToBlockPointer,
6905
6906    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6907    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6908    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6909
6910    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6911    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6912    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6913    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6914
6915    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6916    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6917    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6918
6919    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6920    /// represent it in the AST.
6921    Incompatible
6922  };
6923
6924  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6925  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6926  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6927  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6928                                SourceLocation Loc,
6929                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6930                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6931                                bool *Complained = 0);
6932
6933  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6934  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6935  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6936                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6937
6938  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6939  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6940  /// C99 6.5.16.
6941  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6942                                               QualType LHSType,
6943                                               QualType RHSType);
6944
6945  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6946  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6947  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6948                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6949                                               CastKind &Kind);
6950
6951  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6952  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6953  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6954  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6955                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6956                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6957
6958  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6959  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6960  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6961                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6962
6963  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6964
6965  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6966
6967  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6968                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6969                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6970  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6971                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6972                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6973                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6974  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6975                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6976                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6977                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6978                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6979  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6980                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6981                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6982                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6983
6984  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6985  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6986
6987  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6988  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6989                           ExprResult &RHS);
6990  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6991    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6992    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6993  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6994    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6995    bool IsDivide);
6996  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6997    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6998    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6999  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7000    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7001    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7002  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7003    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7004    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7005  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7006    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7007    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7008  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7009    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7010                                bool isRelational);
7011  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7012    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7013    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7014  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7015    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7016  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7017  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7018  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7019  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7020    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7021
7022  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7023                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7024  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7025                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7026                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7027  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7028  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7029
7030  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7031    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7032    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7033  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7034    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7035    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7036  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7037                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7038  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7039                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7040                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7041    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7042    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7043                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7044    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7045    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7046    return Composite;
7047  }
7048
7049  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7050                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7051
7052  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7053                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7054
7055  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7056  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7057                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7058  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7059  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7060                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7061  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7062                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7063
7064  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7065  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7066
7067  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7068
7069  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7070  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7071  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7072  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7073    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7074    /// reference binding is not possible.
7075    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7076    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7077    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7078    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7079    Ref_Related,
7080    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7081    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7082    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7083    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7084    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7085    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7086    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7087    Ref_Compatible
7088  };
7089
7090  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7091                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7092                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7093                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7094                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7095
7096  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7097                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7098                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7099
7100  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7101  /// given type.
7102  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7103
7104  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7105  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7106  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7107                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7108
7109  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7110  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7111  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7112  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7113  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7114                       CastKind &Kind);
7115
7116  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7117  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7118  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7119  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7120  // returns the cast expr
7121  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7122                                CastKind &Kind);
7123
7124  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7125                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7126                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7127                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7128
7129  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7130
7131  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7132  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7133  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7134                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7135                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7136
7137  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7138  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7139
7140  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7141                                             QualType ExprType);
7142
7143  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7144  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7145  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7146  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7147  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7148
7149  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7150  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7151  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7152
7153  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7154  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7155  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7156
7157  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7158  /// \param Method - May be null.
7159  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7160  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7161  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7162                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7163                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7164                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7165                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7166                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7167                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7168
7169  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7170  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7171  /// and the form of the message send.
7172  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7173                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7174                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7175
7176  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7177  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7178  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7179
7180  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7181  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7182  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7183  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7184
7185  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7186  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7187  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7188  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7189  ///
7190  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7191  /// 'if' keyword.
7192  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7193  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7194
7195  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7196                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7197
7198  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7199  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7200  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7201
7202  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7203  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7204  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7205
7206  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7207  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7208
7209  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7210  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7211  /// the specified diagnostic.
7212  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7213                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7214                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7215
7216  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7217  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7218  /// in the global scope.
7219  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7220
7221  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7222  /// expression violations.
7223  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7224  public:
7225    bool Suppress;
7226
7227    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7228
7229    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7230    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7231    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7232  };
7233
7234  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7235  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7236  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7237  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7238                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7239                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7240  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7241                                             unsigned DiagID,
7242                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7243  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7244
7245  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7246  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7247  /// Returns false on success.
7248  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7249  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7250                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
7251                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7252
7253  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7254    CFT_Device,
7255    CFT_Global,
7256    CFT_Host,
7257    CFT_HostDevice
7258  };
7259
7260  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7261
7262  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7263                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7264
7265  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7266    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7267                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7268  }
7269
7270  /// \name Code completion
7271  //@{
7272  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7273  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7274    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7275    PCC_Namespace,
7276    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7277    PCC_Class,
7278    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7279    /// or category.
7280    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7281    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7282    /// category implementation
7283    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7284    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7285    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7286    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7287    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7288    /// headers.
7289    PCC_Template,
7290    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7291    /// headers within a class.
7292    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7293    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7294    PCC_Expression,
7295    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7296    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7297    PCC_Statement,
7298    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7299    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7300    PCC_ForInit,
7301    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7302    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7303    PCC_Condition,
7304    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7305    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7306    /// in the grammar.
7307    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7308    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7309    PCC_Type,
7310    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7311    /// might also be a type cast.
7312    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7313    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7314    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7315    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7316  };
7317
7318  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7319  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7320                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7321  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7322                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7323                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7324
7325  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7326  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7327                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7328  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7329                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7330                                       bool IsArrow);
7331  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7332  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7333  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7334  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7335  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7336  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7337  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7338  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7339  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7340
7341  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7342                               bool EnteringContext);
7343  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7344  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7345  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7346  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7347  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7348  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7349                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7350                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7351  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7352                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7353
7354  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7355  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7356  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7357  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7358  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7359  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7360  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7361  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7362                                   bool IsParameter);
7363  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7364  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7365                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7366                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7367                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7368  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7369                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7370                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7371                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7372                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7373  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7374                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7375                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7376                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7377                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7378  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7379                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7380  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7381                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7382                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7383  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7384                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7385  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7386  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7387  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7388                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7389                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7390  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7391  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7392                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7393                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7394  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7395                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7396                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7397  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7398  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7399                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7400  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7401                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7402                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7403  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7404                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7405                                          bool AtParameterName,
7406                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7407                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7408                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7409  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7410  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7411  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7412  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7413  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7414                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7415                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7416                                             unsigned Argument);
7417  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7418  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7419                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7420                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7421  //@}
7422
7423  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7424  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7425
7426public:
7427  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7428                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7429
7430private:
7431  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7432                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7433                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7434  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7435  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7436  // FunctionDeclaration.
7437  struct FormatStringInfo {
7438    unsigned FormatIdx;
7439    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7440    bool HasVAListArg;
7441  };
7442
7443  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7444                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7445  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7446                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7447  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7448                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7449  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7450                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7451  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7452                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7453                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7454                            SourceLocation Loc);
7455
7456  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7457                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7458                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7459                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7460
7461
7462  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7463
7464  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7465  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7466  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7467
7468  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7469  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7470  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7471
7472public:
7473  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7474  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7475
7476private:
7477  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7478  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7479  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7480  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7481  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7482                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7483  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7484                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7485
7486  enum FormatStringType {
7487    FST_Scanf,
7488    FST_Printf,
7489    FST_NSString,
7490    FST_Strftime,
7491    FST_Strfmon,
7492    FST_Kprintf,
7493    FST_Unknown
7494  };
7495  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7496
7497  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7498    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7499    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7500    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7501  };
7502
7503  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7504                                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7505                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7506                                               unsigned format_idx,
7507                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7508                                               FormatStringType Type,
7509                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7510                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7511
7512  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7513                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7514                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7515                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7516                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7517
7518  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7519                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7520                            bool IsCXXMember,
7521                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7522                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7523  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7524                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7525                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7526                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7527                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7528
7529  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7530                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7531                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7532
7533  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7534                               unsigned BId,
7535                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7536
7537  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7538                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7539
7540  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7541                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7542
7543  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7544                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7545  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7546  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7547  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7548  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7549
7550  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7551  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7552  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7553                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7554
7555  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7556                                   Expr *Init);
7557
7558public:
7559  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7560  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7561                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7562                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7563
7564  struct TypeTagData {
7565    TypeTagData() {}
7566
7567    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7568        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7569        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7570    {}
7571
7572    QualType Type;
7573
7574    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7575    /// layout-compatibility.
7576    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7577    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7578  };
7579
7580  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7581  /// identifies the magic value.
7582  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7583
7584private:
7585  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7586  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7587      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7588
7589  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7590  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7591  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7592                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7593
7594  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7595  ///
7596  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7597  Scope *CurScope;
7598
7599  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7600
7601protected:
7602  friend class Parser;
7603  friend class InitializationSequence;
7604  friend class ASTReader;
7605  friend class ASTWriter;
7606
7607public:
7608  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7609  ///
7610  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7611  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7612  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7613  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7614  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7615  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7616  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7617
7618  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7619
7620  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7621
7622  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7623    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7624  }
7625
7626  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7627
7628  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7629    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7630    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7631    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7632      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7633    return DC;
7634  }
7635};
7636
7637/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7638class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7639  Sema &Actions;
7640
7641public:
7642  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7643                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7644                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7645                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7646    : Actions(Actions) {
7647    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7648                                            IsDecltype);
7649  }
7650  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7651                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7652                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7653                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7654    : Actions(Actions) {
7655    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7656                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7657                                            IsDecltype);
7658  }
7659
7660  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7661    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7662  }
7663};
7664
7665}  // end namespace clang
7666
7667#endif
7668